<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en-GB">
	<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=MikePeachey</id>
	<title>Changeringing Wiki - User contributions [en-gb]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=MikePeachey"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/Special:Contributions/MikePeachey"/>
	<updated>2026-05-29T21:27:42Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.34.4</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=User_talk:GACJ&amp;diff=1874</id>
		<title>User talk:GACJ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=User_talk:GACJ&amp;diff=1874"/>
		<updated>2014-05-08T11:48:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* New page for Main_Page &amp;quot;Conducting&amp;quot; section. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please add any comments here using the + button above:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General points on new wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) On creating I received the following with reference to my email littlebobmajor@yahoo.co.uk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Could not send confirmation mail. Check address for invalid characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mailer returned: It is not safe to rely on the system's timezone settings. Please use the date.timezone setting, the TZ environment variable or the date_default_timezone_set() function. In case you used any of those methods and you are still getting this warning, you most likely misspelled the timezone identifier. We selected 'Europe/London' for '1.0/DST' instead&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome, TonyL!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''Thanks. I'll look into this. It may be a configuration file setting - It is, and one the hosting company doesn't allow me to change!''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) The old wiki had an Index page.  Is it intended to use and add Categories to all pages or to attempt some other form of grouping?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''I have added a table of contents at the bottom of the home page. It can be edited in the Template:Navigation''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Is RSS support (readily) available?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''If you click on recent changes, an RSS button appears in the toolbox. Click on this and you can subscribe''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tony Lees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Next Step ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think have succeeded in creating a page about University of London Society of Change Ringers but what is the next step to get this catagorised/recognised/linked to... ? Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''Thanks for the contribution. Here are a few pointers:-''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''1) You added the content in your User page which is intended for content about you. The easiest way to create a new page is to type its title in the search box. When the wiki doesn't find it, it gives you the option to create it. I have already moved this to [[University of London Society of Change Ringers]] for you.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''2) You can add entries to the Table of Contents by editing [[Template:Navigation]]. I have added the ULSCR entry for you.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3) Because you have edited this from your Wikipedia entry, a number of the links are internal to Wikipedia, so don't work here. Review all the words on your page that are highlighted in Red. You can do one of the following: create an external (rather than internal) link to the Wikipedia entry, create an equivalent page in the Changeringing wiki if appropriate, or substitute the link for text.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4) The two Templates Reflist and Gutenburg are not set up in this wiki. You can either create them, or change the text to avoid referring to them. More help on topics like this can be found at [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents Wikimedia]. For a way of including references using ref tags, see how this is done by going into edit on the [[Old Societies]] page''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''5) The Wikipedia entry has a photo of Hart Street church. You can upload photos to this wiki and include them in you pages - see [[Help:Contents]] for more details.''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Altering a  Page Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I've just set up a page named &amp;quot;Bells &amp;amp; Fittings: Wheels&amp;quot; which I should have called just &amp;quot;Wheels&amp;quot;. How do I correct this? The normal Edit facility only allows me to change the content, not the page name.&lt;br /&gt;
Regards, John Norris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''You can rename a page using the move tab at the top of the page.''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Image maintenance ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Bastow42.png is un-used and can be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''Deleted 12/05/13.''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New page for Main_Page &amp;quot;Conducting&amp;quot; section. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cannot edit Main_Page, would like to add:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the &amp;quot;Conducting&amp;quot; section.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=User_talk:GACJ&amp;diff=1873</id>
		<title>User talk:GACJ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=User_talk:GACJ&amp;diff=1873"/>
		<updated>2014-05-08T11:48:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* New page for Main_Page &amp;quot;Conducting&amp;quot; section. */ new section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please add any comments here using the + button above:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General points on new wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) On creating I received the following with reference to my email littlebobmajor@yahoo.co.uk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Could not send confirmation mail. Check address for invalid characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mailer returned: It is not safe to rely on the system's timezone settings. Please use the date.timezone setting, the TZ environment variable or the date_default_timezone_set() function. In case you used any of those methods and you are still getting this warning, you most likely misspelled the timezone identifier. We selected 'Europe/London' for '1.0/DST' instead&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome, TonyL!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''Thanks. I'll look into this. It may be a configuration file setting - It is, and one the hosting company doesn't allow me to change!''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) The old wiki had an Index page.  Is it intended to use and add Categories to all pages or to attempt some other form of grouping?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''I have added a table of contents at the bottom of the home page. It can be edited in the Template:Navigation''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Is RSS support (readily) available?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''If you click on recent changes, an RSS button appears in the toolbox. Click on this and you can subscribe''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tony Lees&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Next Step ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think have succeeded in creating a page about University of London Society of Change Ringers but what is the next step to get this catagorised/recognised/linked to... ? Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''Thanks for the contribution. Here are a few pointers:-''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''1) You added the content in your User page which is intended for content about you. The easiest way to create a new page is to type its title in the search box. When the wiki doesn't find it, it gives you the option to create it. I have already moved this to [[University of London Society of Change Ringers]] for you.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''2) You can add entries to the Table of Contents by editing [[Template:Navigation]]. I have added the ULSCR entry for you.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3) Because you have edited this from your Wikipedia entry, a number of the links are internal to Wikipedia, so don't work here. Review all the words on your page that are highlighted in Red. You can do one of the following: create an external (rather than internal) link to the Wikipedia entry, create an equivalent page in the Changeringing wiki if appropriate, or substitute the link for text.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4) The two Templates Reflist and Gutenburg are not set up in this wiki. You can either create them, or change the text to avoid referring to them. More help on topics like this can be found at [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents Wikimedia]. For a way of including references using ref tags, see how this is done by going into edit on the [[Old Societies]] page''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''5) The Wikipedia entry has a photo of Hart Street church. You can upload photos to this wiki and include them in you pages - see [[Help:Contents]] for more details.''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Altering a  Page Name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I've just set up a page named &amp;quot;Bells &amp;amp; Fittings: Wheels&amp;quot; which I should have called just &amp;quot;Wheels&amp;quot;. How do I correct this? The normal Edit facility only allows me to change the content, not the page name.&lt;br /&gt;
Regards, John Norris&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''You can rename a page using the move tab at the top of the page.''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Image maintenance ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Bastow42.png is un-used and can be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=red&amp;gt;''Deleted 12/05/13.''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New page for Main_Page &amp;quot;Conducting&amp;quot; section. ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cannot edit Main_Page, would like to add:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&lt;br /&gt;
[[Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the &amp;quot;Conducting&amp;quot; section.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1872</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1872"/>
		<updated>2014-05-08T11:34:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Ugly Fun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd makes 3rds and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards, or recognise that when you're in reverse-plain coursing order, rounds will come at your first handstroke at Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1871</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1871"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T23:03:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* The Shortest */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd makes 3rds and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1870</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1870"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:29:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1869</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1869"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:29:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1868</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1868"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:29:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1867</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1867"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:28:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1866</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1866"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:27:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are available:&lt;br /&gt;
* Two calls&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob&lt;br /&gt;
** Single&lt;br /&gt;
* Four calling positions&lt;br /&gt;
** '''4''' :: Fourths&lt;br /&gt;
** '''B''' :: Before&lt;br /&gt;
** '''I''' :: In&lt;br /&gt;
** '''H''' :: Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the two calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=File:Pbd_bob_single.png&amp;diff=1865</id>
		<title>File:Pbd bob single.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=File:Pbd_bob_single.png&amp;diff=1865"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:22:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: MikePeachey uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Pbd bob single.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1864</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1864"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:11:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head:&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1863</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1863"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:11:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 5324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Pbd_bob_single.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=File:Pbd_bob_single.png&amp;diff=1862</id>
		<title>File:Pbd bob single.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=File:Pbd_bob_single.png&amp;diff=1862"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:09:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1861</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1861"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T22:08:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1860</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1860"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:37:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* The Shortest */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1859</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1859"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:37:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Ugly Fun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1858</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1858"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:35:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot;. The 1st place you learn to call one is Home (2nds for a single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes away from 5ths. Making 3rds Pushes away from 2nds.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like! Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1857</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1857"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:33:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember. I like to remember the effect of the bobs and then reverse it for a single.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
!Memory Tip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Pop&amp;quot; sounds like &amp;quot;Bob&amp;quot; and the first place you learn to call one is at Home (2nds is the reverse for the single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Making the bob Pushes you away from the back. Making 3rd for the single Pushes you away from the front&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run in to the Front following a bob In (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|You run out to the back following a before (reverse for single)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like! Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1856</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1856"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:28:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Composing Touches */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that:&lt;br /&gt;
* With bob calls only there is only one touch&lt;br /&gt;
** Known as a standard 120&lt;br /&gt;
** Bob @ In, Bob @ Before &amp;amp; Bob @ 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Usually described as &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot; as viewed from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
** Can be shortened to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However it gets much more interesting when you consider singles, which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such, any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: In this case, when you call a '''s4''' to start and a '''4''' to end, you get a duplication of certain parts of a coursing order that makes the touch technically false, but not any less valid for practising with.''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This same process can be repeated for any unaffected bell as called from any working bell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Advanced Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not need to have an unaffected bell you can have all kinds of fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Shortest ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider for example what happens if you ring the 5th and call a '''4''' followed by a '''H''', or ring the 2nd and call '''sIsB'''.&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases you first push the coursing order and then pop it, putting the order back to the plain course. Given that in the first case the 5th makes the bob and then long 5ths, or in the second case the 2nd runs in and then makes 2nds, both produce valid touches only two leads long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second of those examples is particularly useful for teaching making 3rds from the back as everyone else is unaffected or plain-hunting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ugly Fun ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fancy playing around, making unconventional music and irritating stalwarts? Come round at handstroke; whenever you like! Just make whatever calls you need to reverse the coursing order and wait (but don't miss it). Listen for the first few changes you are familiar with coming at you backwards - note that if you finish on the Single @ Home, you will be making the call and calling &amp;quot;That's All&amp;quot; only half a stroke apart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From 5th&lt;br /&gt;
** 324 -&amp;gt; 432&lt;br /&gt;
*** Push&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
** 432 -&amp;gt; 423&lt;br /&gt;
*** Back&lt;br /&gt;
*** '''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1855</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1855"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:06:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that, with bob calls only there is only one touch often known as a standard 120. With a Bob @ In, a Bob @ Before and a Bob @ 4 the usual description for the 3rd would be &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot;, which we can shorten to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It gets much more interesting, however, when you consider singles which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width:75%; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1854</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1854"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T21:04:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Change to C.O.&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls Available&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What this means in practice is that, with bob calls only there is only one touch often known as a standard 120. With a Bob @ In, a Bob @ Before and a Bob @ 4 the usual description for the 3rd would be &amp;quot;In, Out &amp;amp; Make It&amp;quot;, which we can shorten to: '''IB4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It gets much more interesting, however, when you consider singles which you can swap-in in place of bobs as and when you please. As such any of the following call sequences - called from the 3rd - will still produce a touch that comes round as normal and will leave the 2nd unaffected at all calls:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Touch&lt;br /&gt;
!Changes&lt;br /&gt;
!Trueness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IB4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IBsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsH4&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|IsHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4B4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4BsI&lt;br /&gt;
|80&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sH4&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|False&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|s4sHsI&lt;br /&gt;
|120&lt;br /&gt;
|True&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1853</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1853"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T20:51:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Premises ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unaffected Bell ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any call you make in plain bob doubles affects three of the four bells. The other one continues as if no call was made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are the unaffected bell because you call a single Before (sB) or a bob at Home (H), every bell in the order moves one place to the left. Otherwise the one that is unaffected is the only one to move one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, from the random order of 432, if you wish to make continuous calls that do not affect the 3rd, you must move it through the order one call at a time, leaving the other bells where they are: 432 -&amp;gt; 423 -&amp;gt; 342 -&amp;gt; 432 -&amp;gt; ... ; this proves immediately that if you ring any length with one completely unaffected bell, the touch will consist of only three rotating coursing orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Special Coursing Orders ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A plain course of bob doubles has 40 changes (4 leads of 10 changes each, one lead for each place-bell). When you have a particular coursing order - if no call is made - those 40 changes will be repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5324 ====&lt;br /&gt;
When the coursing order is 5324 one of those changes is rounds, at backstroke, at the lead end (of course). This means that, no matter where you enter the plain course, within 40 changes you will reach rounds and the end of your touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 5423 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The order 5423 (or 4235, remember it's cyclical) is the reverse of the plain coursing order. You will get the same changes, but they will happen on the opposite stroke to normal and in opposite order, backwards if you prefer. One of the 40 changes in this order must of course be rounds; but it will happen at handstroke not backstroke as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Composing Touches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on these premises, when choosing a touch of plain bob doubles you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly where you will make the calls based on which call at which position has which effect on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice such as wanting to call a bell unaffected - while ringing a different bell - are elementary to implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is best demonstrated by example. Let's assume you are going to ring the 3rd, but you have a learner on the 2nd that you wish not to be affected throughout a touch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are ringing the 3rd: the coursing order starts at (and omits) 3: '''3245'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are calling the 2 unaffected: all calls will move the 2 one place to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately you know all the coursing orders in the touch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425''' -&amp;gt; '''452''' -&amp;gt; '''245'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then choose for each change in the coursing order when you wish to make a call that will make the change you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''245''' -&amp;gt; '''425'''&lt;br /&gt;
** Front Two Bells Swap&lt;br /&gt;
** Calls Availab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ 2nd Unaffected from the 3rd&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1852</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1852"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T20:22:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Coursing Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Coursing Order =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls then omit your bell to have a simple working order of the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order and a few basic premises you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Effects of Calls =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1851</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1851"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T20:21:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Coursing Order =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Effects of Calls =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1850</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1850"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T20:13:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Coursing Order =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Effects of Calls =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order. Memorise this table and you will have a masterful control available from your head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|I&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In its simplest form, this is what you need to remember. Use whatever names suit your memory if these aren't easy for you to remember.&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''H''' / '''sB'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''4''' / '''sI'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''I''' / '''s4'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''B''' / '''sH'''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1849</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1849"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T20:09:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Effects of Calls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Coursing Order =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Effects of Calls =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
!Bob&lt;br /&gt;
!Single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|H&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Call Effects&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Calls&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|H / sB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|4 / sI&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|I / s4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|B / sH&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1848</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1848"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T20:02:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: /* Plain Bob Doubles: Seeing the Complete Picture */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Coursing Order =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Effects of Calls =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Plain Bob Doubles there are two calls available, bob &amp;amp; single. With these calls there are only four changes you can make to the three-bell coursing order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Transpositions&lt;br /&gt;
!Name&lt;br /&gt;
!Effect&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bca'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop the first one from the front.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Push&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''cab'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Push the last one onto the front. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''bac'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the front pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Back&lt;br /&gt;
|'''abc''' -&amp;gt; '''acb'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Swap the back pair.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: bca&lt;br /&gt;
Push: cab&lt;br /&gt;
Front: bac&lt;br /&gt;
Back: acb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each one can be caused by a bob or the bob's opposite single:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: H / sB&lt;br /&gt;
Push: 4 / sI&lt;br /&gt;
Front: I / s4&lt;br /&gt;
Back: B / sH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1847</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1847"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T19:56:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Plain Bob Doubles: Seeing the Complete Picture =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Coursing Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; margin: 0 auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this coursing order you have complete control over everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of Calls ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four changes you can make to the plain bob doubles coursing order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: bca&lt;br /&gt;
Push: cab&lt;br /&gt;
Front: bac&lt;br /&gt;
Back: acb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each one can be caused by a bob or the bob's opposite single:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: H / sB&lt;br /&gt;
Push: 4 / sI&lt;br /&gt;
Front: I / s4&lt;br /&gt;
Back: B / sH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1846</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1846"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T19:45:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| From the | Order |&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 | 2453 |&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 | 3245 |&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 | 4532 |&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 | 5324 |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four changes you can make to the plain bob doubles coursing order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: bca&lt;br /&gt;
Push: cab&lt;br /&gt;
Front: bac&lt;br /&gt;
Back: acb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each one can be caused by a bob or the bob's opposite single:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: H / sB&lt;br /&gt;
Push: 4 / sI&lt;br /&gt;
Front: I / s4&lt;br /&gt;
Back: B / sH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1845</id>
		<title>Conducting Plain Bob Doubles: See The Complete Picture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.changeringing.co.uk/index.php?title=Conducting_Plain_Bob_Doubles:_See_The_Complete_Picture&amp;diff=1845"/>
		<updated>2014-05-01T19:33:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;MikePeachey: Created page with &amp;quot;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole pic...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are a number of ways to learn the basics of conducting and ways to apply them. Rather than piecing it all together a little at a time, I offer a way to see the whole picture at once. Every part from the basic coursing orders to choosing practice touches and composing your own in your head on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grounding pattern to everything is of course the coursing order for the plain course. It is cyclical...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... 532453245324532453245324532453245 ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How you view the order usually depends on the bell you are ringing or the bell that is unaffected in the touch (if one is). Accept viewing the order from your bell regardless of whom is affected by calls. Once you have an order starting from your bell, you may then omit your bell to have a simple order containing only the remaining three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Order Per Bell&lt;br /&gt;
!From the&lt;br /&gt;
!Complete Order&lt;br /&gt;
!Working Order&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|2453&lt;br /&gt;
|453&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|3245&lt;br /&gt;
|245&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|4532&lt;br /&gt;
|532&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|5324&lt;br /&gt;
|324&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| From the | Order |&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 | 2453 |&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 | 3245 |&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 | 4532 |&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 | 5324 |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four changes you can make to the plain bob doubles coursing order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: bca&lt;br /&gt;
Push: cab&lt;br /&gt;
Front: bac&lt;br /&gt;
Back: acb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each one can be caused by a bob or the bob's opposite single:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop: H / sB&lt;br /&gt;
Push: 4 / sI&lt;br /&gt;
Front: I / s4&lt;br /&gt;
Back: B / sH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From that pattern you can compose any practice touch you like on-the-fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further to that, you can apply at least one coursing order&lt;br /&gt;
change-pattern: An unaffected bell cycles to the right, the affected&lt;br /&gt;
bells are static.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X unaffected: xyz -&amp;gt; yxz -&amp;gt; yzx -&amp;gt; xyz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to call a bell unaffected, and you are ringing a different&lt;br /&gt;
bell, you can quickly generate the touch in your head knowing exactly&lt;br /&gt;
where you will make the calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, ringing the 3, calling the 2 unaffected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3245&lt;br /&gt;
3425 Front (I / s4)&lt;br /&gt;
3452 Back (B / sH)&lt;br /&gt;
3245 Push (4 / sI)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means the standard 120 from the 3rd with the 2 unaffected is , IB4&lt;br /&gt;
(In, Out, Make), or you can play with it by swapping in singles as you&lt;br /&gt;
please. Any of the following will still come round and still leave the 2&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected, as called from the 3rd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IB4 - True 120&lt;br /&gt;
IBsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsH4 - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
IsHsI- True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4B4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4BsI - True 80&lt;br /&gt;
s4sH4 - False 120&lt;br /&gt;
s4sHsI - True 120&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>MikePeachey</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>